blob: 5a7a73d3e8f8979ca92ff18b24411769582dd633 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Ted Kremenek0c8cd1a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +000033#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000034#include "CXXABI.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +000035#include <map>
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000036
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000037using namespace clang;
38
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000043unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000045unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000047unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000049unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
51
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000052enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000053 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000054};
55
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000056void
57ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
58 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
59 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
60 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000061 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000062
63 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
64 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
65 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
66 PEnd = Params->end();
67 P != PEnd; ++P) {
68 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
69 ID.AddInteger(0);
70 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
75 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000076 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000077 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000078 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
79 ID.AddBoolean(true);
80 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
81 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
82 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
83 } else
84 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000085 continue;
86 }
87
88 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
89 ID.AddInteger(2);
90 Profile(ID, TTP);
91 }
92}
93
94TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
95ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +000096 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000097 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
98 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
99 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
100 void *InsertPos = 0;
101 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
102 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
103 if (Canonical)
104 return Canonical->getParam();
105
106 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
107 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000108 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000109 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
110 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
111 PEnd = Params->end();
112 P != PEnd; ++P) {
113 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
114 CanonParams.push_back(
115 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnara344577e2011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000116 SourceLocation(),
117 SourceLocation(),
118 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000119 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
120 TTP->isParameterPack()));
121 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000122 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
123 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
124 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
125 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
126 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000127 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
128 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000129 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
130 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
131 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
132 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
133 }
134
135 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000136 SourceLocation(),
137 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000138 NTTP->getDepth(),
139 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
140 T,
141 TInfo,
142 ExpandedTypes.data(),
143 ExpandedTypes.size(),
144 ExpandedTInfos.data());
145 } else {
146 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000147 SourceLocation(),
148 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000149 NTTP->getDepth(),
150 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
151 T,
152 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
153 TInfo);
154 }
155 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
156
157 } else
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000158 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
159 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
160 }
161
162 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
163 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
164 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000165 TTP->getPosition(),
166 TTP->isParameterPack(),
167 0,
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000168 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
169 SourceLocation(),
170 CanonParams.data(),
171 CanonParams.size(),
172 SourceLocation()));
173
174 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
175 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
176 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
177 (void)Canonical;
178
179 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
180 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
181 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
182 return CanonTTP;
183}
184
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000185CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000186 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
187
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000188 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000189 case CXXABI_ARM:
190 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
191 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000192 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000193 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
194 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
195 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000196 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000197}
198
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000199static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000200 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
201 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
202 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
203 // language-specific address space.
204 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
205 1, // opencl_global
206 2, // opencl_local
207 3 // opencl_constant
208 };
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000209 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000210 } else {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000211 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000212 }
213}
214
Douglas Gregor3e3cd932011-09-01 20:23:19 +0000215ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000216 const TargetInfo *t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000217 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000218 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000219 unsigned size_reserve,
220 bool DelayInitialization)
221 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
222 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
223 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
224 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
225 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
226 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Douglas Gregora6ea10e2012-01-17 18:09:05 +0000227 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore97179c2011-09-08 01:46:34 +0000228 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000229 FILEDecl(0),
Rafael Espindolae2d4f4e2011-11-13 21:51:09 +0000230 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0),
231 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
232 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore6649772011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000233 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
234 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000235 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000236 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000237 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
238 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
239 DeclarationNames(*this),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000240 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000241 LastSDM(0, 0),
242 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0)
243{
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000245 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000246
247 if (!DelayInitialization) {
248 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization");
249 InitBuiltinTypes(*t);
250 }
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000251}
252
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000253ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000254 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
255 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
256 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000257
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000258 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
259 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
260 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000261
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000262 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
263 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
264 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
265 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
266 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000267
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000268 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000269 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
270 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
271 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
272 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
273 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
274 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
275 R->Destroy(*this);
276
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000277 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
278 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
279 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
280 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
281 R->Destroy(*this);
282 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000283
284 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
285 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
286 A != AEnd; ++A)
287 A->second->~AttrVec();
288}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000289
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000290void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
291 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
292}
293
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000294void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000295ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
296 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
297}
298
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000299void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000300 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
301 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000302
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000303 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000304#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000305#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
306#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
307 0 // Extra
308 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000309
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000310 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
311 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000312 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000313 }
314
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000315 unsigned Idx = 0;
316 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
317#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
318 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000319 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
320 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000321 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
322 ++Idx;
323#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
324#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000326 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
327
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000328 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000329 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
330 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
331 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
332 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
333 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
334 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000335 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000336 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
337 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
338 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
339 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
340 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
341 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000342 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000343 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
344 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
345 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
346 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
347 << NumImplicitDestructors
348 << " implicit destructors created\n";
349
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000350 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000351 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000352 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
353 }
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000354
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000355 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000356}
357
Douglas Gregor772eeae2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000358TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
359 if (!Int128Decl) {
360 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
361 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
362 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
363 SourceLocation(),
364 SourceLocation(),
365 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
366 TInfo);
367 }
368
369 return Int128Decl;
370}
371
372TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
373 if (!UInt128Decl) {
374 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
375 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
376 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
377 SourceLocation(),
378 SourceLocation(),
379 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
380 TInfo);
381 }
382
383 return UInt128Decl;
384}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000385
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000386void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000387 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000388 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000389 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000390}
391
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000392void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) {
393 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
394 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000395 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000396
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000397 this->Target = &Target;
398
399 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
400 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
401
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000402 // C99 6.2.5p19.
403 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000405 // C99 6.2.5p2.
406 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
407 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000408 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000409 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
410 else
411 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
412 // C99 6.2.5p4.
413 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
414 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
415 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
416 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
417 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000418
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000419 // C99 6.2.5p6.
420 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
421 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
422 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
423 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
424 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000425
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000426 // C99 6.2.5p10.
427 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
428 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
429 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000430
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000431 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
432 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
433 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
434
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000435 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedmand3d77cd2011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000436 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000437 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
438 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
439 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
440 } else // C99
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000441 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000442
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000443 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
444 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
445 else // C99
446 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
447
448 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
449 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
450 else // C99
451 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
452
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000453 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
454 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
455 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
456 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
457 // expressions.
458 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000459
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000460 // Placeholder type for functions.
461 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
462
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000463 // Placeholder type for bound members.
464 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
465
John McCall3c3b7f92011-10-25 17:37:35 +0000466 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
467 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
468
John McCall1de4d4e2011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000469 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
470 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
471
John McCall0ddaeb92011-10-17 18:09:15 +0000472 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
473 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
474
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000475 // C99 6.2.5p11.
476 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
477 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
478 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000479
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000480 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000481
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000482 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000483 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
484 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000485 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000486
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000487 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000488
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000489 // void * type
490 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000491
492 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
493 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000494
495 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
496 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000497}
498
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +0000499DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000500 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
501}
502
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000503AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
504 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
505 if (!Result) {
506 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
507 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
508 }
509
510 return *Result;
511}
512
513/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
514void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
515 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
516 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
517 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
518 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
519 }
520}
521
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000522MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000523ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000524 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000525 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000526 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
527 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
528 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000529
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000530 return Pos->second;
531}
532
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000533void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000534ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000535 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
536 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000537 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
538 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
539 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
540 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000541 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000542 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000543}
544
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000545FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
546 const FunctionDecl *FD){
547 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
548 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000549 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
550 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000551 return 0;
552
553 return Pos->second;
554}
555
556void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
557 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
558 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
559 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000560 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000561}
562
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000563NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000564ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000565 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000566 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
567 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000568 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000569
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000570 return Pos->second;
571}
572
573void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000574ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
575 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
576 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
577 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
578 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
579 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
580 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
581}
582
583UsingShadowDecl *
584ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
585 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
586 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
587 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
588 return 0;
589
590 return Pos->second;
591}
592
593void
594ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
595 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
596 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
597 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000598}
599
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000600FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
601 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
602 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
603 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
604 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000605
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000606 return Pos->second;
607}
608
609void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
610 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
611 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
612 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
613 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
614 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000615
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000616 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
617}
618
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000619bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
620 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
621 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000622 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000623}
624
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000625bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
626 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
627 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000628 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 &&
629 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0);
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000630}
631
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000632bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
633 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
634 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000635 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) &&
636 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000637}
638
Chad Rosierdd7fddb2011-08-04 23:34:15 +0000639bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000640 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
641 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000642 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000643}
644
Chad Rosierdd7fddb2011-08-04 23:34:15 +0000645bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000646 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
647 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000648 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000649}
650
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000651ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
652ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
653 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
654 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
655 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
656 return 0;
657
658 return Pos->second.begin();
659}
660
661ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
662ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
663 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
664 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
665 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
666 return 0;
667
668 return Pos->second.end();
669}
670
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000671unsigned
672ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
673 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
674 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
675 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
676 return 0;
677
678 return Pos->second.size();
679}
680
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000681void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
682 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
683 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
684}
685
Douglas Gregore6649772011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000686void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
687 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
688 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
689 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
690 FirstLocalImport = Import;
691 LastLocalImport = Import;
692 return;
693 }
694
695 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
696 LastLocalImport = Import;
697}
698
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000699//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
700// Type Sizing and Analysis
701//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000702
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000703/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
704/// scalar floating point type.
705const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000706 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000707 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
708 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000709 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000710 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000711 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
712 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
713 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000714 }
715}
716
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000717/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000718/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
719/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000720/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
721/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000722CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000723 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000724
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000725 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
726 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
727 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000728
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000729 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
730 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
731 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
732 //
Peter Collingbourne82d0b0a2011-09-29 18:04:28 +0000733 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000734 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
735 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
736 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
737 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
738 } else {
739 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
740 }
741 }
Fariborz Jahanian78a7d7d2011-05-05 21:19:14 +0000742 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
743 UseAlignAttrOnly =
744 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
745 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000746
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000747 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
748 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000749 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000750 // do nothing
751
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000752 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000753 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000754 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000755 if (RefAsPointee)
756 T = RT->getPointeeType();
757 else
758 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
759 }
760 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000761 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
762 // large-array alignment on the target.
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000763 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000764 const ArrayType *arrayType;
765 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
766 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000767 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000768 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
769 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000770 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000771
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000772 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
773 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
774 }
Chad Rosier9f1210c2011-07-26 07:03:04 +0000775 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000776 }
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000777
778 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
779 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
780 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
781 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
782 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
783 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
784 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
785 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
786
787 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000788 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000789
790 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
791 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
792 if (offset > 0) {
793 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
794 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
795 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
796 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
797 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
798 }
799
800 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000801 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000802 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000803
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000804 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000805}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000806
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000807std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000808ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000809 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000810 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
811 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000812}
813
814std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000815ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000816 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
817}
818
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000819/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
820/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000821///
822/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
823/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
824/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000825std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000826ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000827 uint64_t Width=0;
828 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000829 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000830#define TYPE(Class, Base)
831#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000832#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000833#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
834#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCalld3d49bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +0000835 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000836
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000837 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
838 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000839 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
840 Width = 0;
841 Align = 32;
842 break;
843
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000844 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000845 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000846 Width = 0;
847 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
848 break;
849
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000850 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000851 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000852
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000853 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarafea966a2011-12-13 11:23:52 +0000854 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
855 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
856 Width = EltInfo.first*Size;
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000857 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscd88b412011-04-26 21:05:39 +0000858 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000859 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000860 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000861 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000862 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000863 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
864 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
865 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000866 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000867 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
868 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000869 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000870 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
871 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
872 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000873 break;
874 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000875
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000876 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000877 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000878 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000879 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000880 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
881 Width = 0;
882 Align = 8;
883 break;
884
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000885 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000886 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
887 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000888 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000889 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
890 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
891 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000892 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000893 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
894 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000895 break;
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000896 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
897 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000898 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
899 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000900 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000901 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000902 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
903 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000904 break;
905 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000906 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
907 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000908 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000909 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000910 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000911 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
912 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000913 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000914 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000915 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000916 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
917 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000918 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000919 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000920 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000921 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
922 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000923 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000924 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000925 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000926 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
927 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000928 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000929 case BuiltinType::Int128:
930 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
931 Width = 128;
932 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
933 break;
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000934 case BuiltinType::Half:
935 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
936 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
937 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000938 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000939 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
940 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000941 break;
942 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000943 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
944 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000945 break;
946 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000947 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
948 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000949 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000950 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000951 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
952 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000953 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000954 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
955 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
956 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000957 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
958 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000959 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000960 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000961 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000962 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000963 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
964 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000965 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000966 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000967 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
968 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000969 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
970 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000971 break;
972 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000973 case Type::LValueReference:
974 case Type::RValueReference: {
975 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
976 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000977 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
978 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000979 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
980 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000981 break;
982 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000983 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000984 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000985 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
986 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000987 break;
988 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000989 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000990 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000991 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000992 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000993 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000994 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
995 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000996 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000997 case Type::Complex: {
998 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
999 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001000 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001001 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001002 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001003 Align = EltInfo.second;
1004 break;
1005 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001006 case Type::ObjCObject:
1007 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001008 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001009 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001010 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001011 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001012 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001013 break;
1014 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001015 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001016 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001017 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1018
1019 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor22ce41d2011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001020 Width = 8;
1021 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001022 break;
1023 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001024
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001025 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001026 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
1027
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001028 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001029 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001030 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001031 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001032 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001033 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001034
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001035 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001036 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1037 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001038
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001039 case Type::Auto: {
1040 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
1041 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gaydc856af2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001042 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001043 }
1044
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001045 case Type::Paren:
1046 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1047
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001048 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001049 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001050 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1051 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattnerc1de52d2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001052 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1053 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1054 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
1055 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
1056 Align = AttrAlign;
1057 else
1058 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001059 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001060 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001061 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001062
1063 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1064 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1065 .getTypePtr());
1066
1067 case Type::TypeOf:
1068 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1069
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001070 case Type::Decltype:
1071 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1072 .getTypePtr());
1073
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001074 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1075 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1076
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001077 case Type::Elaborated:
1078 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001079
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001080 case Type::Attributed:
1081 return getTypeInfo(
1082 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1083
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001084 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001085 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001086 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001087 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1088 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1089 // aligned attribute on it.
1090 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1091 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1092 else
1093 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1094 }
1095
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001096 case Type::Atomic: {
Eli Friedman2be46072011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001097 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1098 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1099 Width = Info.first;
1100 Align = Info.second;
1101 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() &&
1102 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) {
1103 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this
1104 // type; promote the alignment appropriately.
1105 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well...
1106 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have
1107 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit
1108 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.)
1109 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1110 }
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001111 }
1112
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001113 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001114
Eli Friedman2be46072011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001115 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001116 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001117}
1118
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001119/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1120CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1121 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1122}
1123
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001124/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1125int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1126 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1127}
1128
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001129/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1130/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001131CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001132 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001133}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001134CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001135 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001136}
1137
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001138/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001139/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001140CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001141 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001142}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001143CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001144 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001145}
1146
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001147/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1148/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1149/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1150/// a data type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001151unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001152 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001153
1154 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001155 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001156 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1157 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
1158 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
1159 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1160
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001161 return ABIAlign;
1162}
1163
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001164/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1165/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1166/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1167/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1168/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001169///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001170void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1171 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001172 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001173 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1174 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1175 if (!leafClass) {
1176 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1177 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001178 Ivars.push_back(*I);
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001179 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001180 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001181 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001182 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1183 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1184 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001185}
1186
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001187/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1188/// those inherited by it.
1189void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001190 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001191 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001192 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1193 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1194 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1195 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001196 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001197 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001198 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001199 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001200 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001201 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1202 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001203 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001204
1205 // Categories of this Interface.
1206 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1207 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1208 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1209 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1210 while (SD) {
1211 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1212 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1213 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001214 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001215 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001216 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1217 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001218 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001219 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1220 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1221 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1222 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001223 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001224 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1225 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1226 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001227 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001228 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1229 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1230 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1231 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001232 }
1233}
1234
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001235unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001236 unsigned count = 0;
1237 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001238 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1239 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001240 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1241
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001242 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1243 // includes synthesized ivars.
1244 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001245 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1246
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001247 return count;
1248}
1249
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001250/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1251ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1252 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1253 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1254 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1255 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1256 return 0;
1257}
1258/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1259ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1260 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1261 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1262 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1263 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1264 return 0;
1265}
1266
1267/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1268void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1269 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1270 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1271 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1272}
1273/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1274void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1275 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1276 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1277 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1278}
1279
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87ec9c22011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001280ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const {
1281 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1282 return ID;
1283 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1284 return CD->getClassInterface();
1285 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1286 return IMD->getClassInterface();
1287
1288 return 0;
1289}
1290
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001291/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1292/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001293Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001294 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1295 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1296 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001297 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001298 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001299 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1300}
1301
1302/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1303void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1304 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001305 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1306 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001307 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1308}
1309
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001310/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001311///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001312/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001313/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1314///
1315/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1316/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1317/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001318TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001319 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001320 if (!DataSize)
1321 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1322 else
1323 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001324 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001325
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001326 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1327 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1328 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1329 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001330}
1331
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001332TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001333 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001334 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregorc21c7e92011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001335 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001336 return DI;
1337}
1338
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001339const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001340ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001341 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1342}
1343
1344const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001345ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1346 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001347 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1348}
1349
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001350//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1351// Type creation/memoization methods
1352//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1353
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001354QualType
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001355ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1356 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1357 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001358
1359 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1360 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001361 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1362 void *insertPos = 0;
1363 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1364 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1365 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001366 }
1367
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001368 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1369 QualType canon;
1370 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1371 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1372 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1373 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1374
1375 // Re-find the insert position.
1376 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1377 }
1378
1379 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1380 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1381 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001382}
1383
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001384QualType
1385ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001386 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1387 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001388 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001389
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001390 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1391 // into one ExtQuals node.
1392 QualifierCollector Quals;
1393 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001394
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001395 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1396 // another one.
1397 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1398 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1399 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001400
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001401 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001402}
1403
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001404QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001405 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001406 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001407 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001408 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001409
John McCall7f040a92010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001410 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1411 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001412 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001413 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1414 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1415 }
1416 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001417
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001418 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1419 // into one ExtQuals node.
1420 QualifierCollector Quals;
1421 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001423 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1424 // another one.
1425 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1426 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1427 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001428
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001429 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001430}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001431
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001432const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1433 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1434 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1435 return T;
1436
1437 QualType Result;
1438 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1439 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1440 } else {
1441 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1442 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1443 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1444 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1445 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1446 }
1447
1448 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1449}
1450
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001451/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1452/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001453QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001454 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1455 // structure.
1456 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1457 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001458
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001459 void *InsertPos = 0;
1460 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1461 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001462
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001463 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1464 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1465 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001466 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001467 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001469 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1470 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001471 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001472 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001473 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001474 Types.push_back(New);
1475 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1476 return QualType(New, 0);
1477}
1478
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001479/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1480/// the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001481QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001482 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1483 // structure.
1484 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1485 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001486
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001487 void *InsertPos = 0;
1488 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1489 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001490
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001491 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1492 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1493 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001494 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001495 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001496
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001497 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1498 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001499 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001500 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001501 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001502 Types.push_back(New);
1503 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1504 return QualType(New, 0);
1505}
1506
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001507/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001508/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001509QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001510 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1511 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001512 // structure.
1513 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1514 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001515
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001516 void *InsertPos = 0;
1517 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1518 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1519 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001520
1521 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001522 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1523 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001524 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001525 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001526
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001527 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1528 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1529 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001530 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001531 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001532 BlockPointerType *New
1533 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001534 Types.push_back(New);
1535 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1536 return QualType(New, 0);
1537}
1538
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001539/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1540/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001541QualType
1542ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor9625e442011-05-21 22:16:50 +00001543 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
1544 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
1545
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001546 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1547 // structure.
1548 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001549 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001550
1551 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001552 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1553 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001554 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001555
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001556 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1557
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001558 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1559 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1560 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001561 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1562 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1563 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001564
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001565 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001566 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1567 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001568 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001569 }
1570
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001571 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001572 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1573 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001574 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001575 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001576
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001577 return QualType(New, 0);
1578}
1579
1580/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1581/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001582QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001583 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1584 // structure.
1585 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001586 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001587
1588 void *InsertPos = 0;
1589 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1590 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1591 return QualType(RT, 0);
1592
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001593 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1594
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001595 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1596 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1597 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001598 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1599 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1600 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001601
1602 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1603 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1604 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001605 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001606 }
1607
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001608 RValueReferenceType *New
1609 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001610 Types.push_back(New);
1611 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001612 return QualType(New, 0);
1613}
1614
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001615/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1616/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001617QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001618 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1619 // structure.
1620 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1621 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1622
1623 void *InsertPos = 0;
1624 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1625 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1626 return QualType(PT, 0);
1627
1628 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1629 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1630 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001631 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001632 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1633
1634 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1635 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1636 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001637 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001638 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001639 MemberPointerType *New
1640 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001641 Types.push_back(New);
1642 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1643 return QualType(New, 0);
1644}
1645
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001647/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001648QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001649 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001650 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001651 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001652 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1653 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001654 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1655
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001656 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1657 // the target.
1658 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001659 ArySize =
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001660 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001661
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001662 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001663 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001664
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001665 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001666 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001667 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001668 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001669
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001670 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1671 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1672 QualType Canon;
1673 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1674 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1675 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001676 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001677 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1678
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001679 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001680 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001681 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001682 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001683 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001684
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001685 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001686 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001687 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001688 Types.push_back(New);
1689 return QualType(New, 0);
1690}
1691
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001692/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1693/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1694/// sizes replaced with [*].
1695QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1696 // Vastly most common case.
1697 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001698
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001699 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001700
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001701 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1702 const Type *ty = split.first;
1703 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1704#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1705#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1706#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1707#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1708 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1709
1710 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1711 case Type::Builtin:
1712 case Type::Complex:
1713 case Type::Vector:
1714 case Type::ExtVector:
1715 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1716 case Type::ObjCObject:
1717 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1718 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1719 case Type::Record:
1720 case Type::Enum:
1721 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1722 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1723 case Type::TypeOf:
1724 case Type::Decltype:
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001725 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001726 case Type::DependentName:
1727 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1728 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1729 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1730 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1731 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001732 case Type::Auto:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001733 case Type::PackExpansion:
1734 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1735
1736 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1737 // further decay.
1738 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1739 case Type::FunctionProto:
1740 case Type::BlockPointer:
1741 case Type::MemberPointer:
1742 return type;
1743
1744 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1745 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1746 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1747 // optimizations available here.
1748 case Type::Pointer:
1749 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1750 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1751 break;
1752
1753 case Type::LValueReference: {
1754 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1755 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1756 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1757 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1758 break;
1759 }
1760
1761 case Type::RValueReference: {
1762 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1763 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1764 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1765 break;
1766 }
1767
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001768 case Type::Atomic: {
1769 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
1770 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
1771 break;
1772 }
1773
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001774 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1775 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1776 result = getConstantArrayType(
1777 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1778 cat->getSize(),
1779 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1780 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1781 break;
1782 }
1783
1784 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1785 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1786 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1787 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1788 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1789 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1790 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1791 dat->getBracketsRange());
1792 break;
1793 }
1794
1795 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1796 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1797 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1798 result = getVariableArrayType(
1799 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1800 /*size*/ 0,
1801 ArrayType::Normal,
1802 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1803 SourceRange());
1804 break;
1805 }
1806
1807 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1808 case Type::VariableArray: {
1809 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1810 result = getVariableArrayType(
1811 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1812 /*size*/ 0,
1813 ArrayType::Star,
1814 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1815 vat->getBracketsRange());
1816 break;
1817 }
1818 }
1819
1820 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1821 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1822}
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001823
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001824/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1825/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001826QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1827 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001828 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001829 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001830 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001831 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1832 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001833 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001834
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001835 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1836 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1837 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1838 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001839 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001840 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001841 }
1842
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001843 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001844 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001845
1846 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1847 Types.push_back(New);
1848 return QualType(New, 0);
1849}
1850
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001851/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1852/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001853/// type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001854QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1855 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001856 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001857 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1858 SourceRange brackets) const {
1859 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1860 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001861 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1862
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001863 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1864 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1865 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1866 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1867 if (!numElements) {
1868 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1869 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1870 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1871 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1872 brackets);
1873 Types.push_back(newType);
1874 return QualType(newType, 0);
1875 }
1876
1877 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1878 // also build a canonical type.
1879
1880 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1881
1882 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001883 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001884 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1885 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1886 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001887
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001888 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1889 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1890 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001891
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001892 // If we don't have one, build one.
1893 if (!canonTy) {
1894 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1895 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1896 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1897 brackets);
1898 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1899 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001900 }
1901
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001902 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1903 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1904 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001905
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001906 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1907 // then just use that as our result.
1908 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1909 return canon;
1910
1911 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1912 // of the element type.
1913 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1914 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1915 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1916 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1917 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1918 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001919}
1920
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001921QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001922 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001923 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001924 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001925 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001926
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001927 void *insertPos = 0;
1928 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1929 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1930 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001931
1932 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001933 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1934 // qualifiers off the element type.
1935 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001936
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001937 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1938 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1939 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1940 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1941 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001942
1943 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001944 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1945 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1946 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001947 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001948
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001949 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1950 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001951
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001952 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1953 Types.push_back(newType);
1954 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001955}
1956
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001957/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1958/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001959QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001960 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001961 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001963 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1964 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001965 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001966
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001967 void *InsertPos = 0;
1968 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1969 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1970
1971 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1972 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1973 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001974 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001975 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001976
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001977 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1978 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001979 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001980 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001981 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001982 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001983 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1984 Types.push_back(New);
1985 return QualType(New, 0);
1986}
1987
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001988/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001989/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001990QualType
1991ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor4ac01402011-06-15 16:02:29 +00001992 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001994 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1995 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001996 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001997 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001998 void *InsertPos = 0;
1999 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2000 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2001
2002 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2003 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2004 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002005 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002006 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002007
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002008 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2009 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002010 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002011 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002012 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2013 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002014 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2015 Types.push_back(New);
2016 return QualType(New, 0);
2017}
2018
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002019QualType
2020ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2021 Expr *SizeExpr,
2022 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002023 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002024 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002025 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002027 void *InsertPos = 0;
2028 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2029 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2030 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2031 if (Canon) {
2032 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2033 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002034 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2035 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2036 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002037 } else {
2038 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2039 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002040 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2041 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2042 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002043
2044 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2045 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2046 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2047 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002048 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2049 } else {
2050 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2051 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002052 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2053 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002054 }
2055 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002056
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002057 Types.push_back(New);
2058 return QualType(New, 0);
2059}
2060
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002061/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002062///
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002063QualType
2064ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2065 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002066 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
2067 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2068 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002069 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2070 // structure.
2071 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002072 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002073
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002074 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002075 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002076 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002077 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002078
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002079 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00002080 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002081 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002082 Canonical =
2083 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
2084 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002085
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002086 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002087 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
2088 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002089 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002090 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002091
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002092 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002093 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002094 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002095 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002096 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002097 return QualType(New, 0);
2098}
2099
2100/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2101/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002102QualType
2103ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
2104 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
2105 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002106 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2107 // structure.
2108 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002109 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002110
2111 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002112 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002113 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002114 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002115
2116 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002117 bool isCanonical= EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002118 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002119 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002120 isCanonical = false;
2121
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002122 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2123 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2124 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002125
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002126 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002127 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002128 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002129 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002130 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002131 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2132 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002133 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002134
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002135 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002136 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2137 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002138 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2139 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2140
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002141 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002142 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002143 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002144
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002145 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002146 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2147 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002148 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002149 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002150
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002151 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2152 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2153 // - parameter types
2154 // - exception types
2155 // - consumed-arguments flags
2156 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
2157 // expression.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002158 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002159 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
2160 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic)
2161 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
2162 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002163 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002164 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002165 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2166 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2167
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002168 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002169 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2170 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002171 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002172 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002173 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002174 return QualType(FTP, 0);
2175}
2176
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002177#ifndef NDEBUG
2178static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2179 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2180 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2181 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2182 return true;
2183 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2184 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2185 return true;
2186 return false;
2187}
2188#endif
2189
2190/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2191/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2192QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002193 QualType TST) const {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002194 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2195 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2196 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002197 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002198 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2199 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2200 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2201 } else {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002202 Type *newType =
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002203 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002204 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2205 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002206 }
2207 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2208}
2209
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002210/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2211/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002212QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002213 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002214 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002215
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002216 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002217 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002218
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002219 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2220 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2221
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002222 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002223 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002224 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2225 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002226 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002227 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002228 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002229 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002230 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002231 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002232 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002233 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2234 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2235 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002236 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002237 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002238
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002239 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002240}
2241
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002242/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002243/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002244QualType
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002245ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2246 QualType Canonical) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002247 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002249 if (Canonical.isNull())
2250 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002251 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002252 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002253 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2254 Types.push_back(newType);
2255 return QualType(newType, 0);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002256}
2257
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002258QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002259 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2260
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002261 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002262 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2263 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2264
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002265 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2266 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2267 Types.push_back(newType);
2268 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002269}
2270
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002271QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002272 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2273
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002274 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002275 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2276 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2277
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002278 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2279 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2280 Types.push_back(newType);
2281 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002282}
2283
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002284QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2285 QualType modifiedType,
2286 QualType equivalentType) {
2287 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2288 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2289
2290 void *insertPos = 0;
2291 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2292 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2293
2294 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2295 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2296 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2297
2298 Types.push_back(type);
2299 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2300
2301 return QualType(type, 0);
2302}
2303
2304
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002305/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2306QualType
2307ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002308 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002309 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002310 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2311
2312 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2313 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2314 void *InsertPos = 0;
2315 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2316 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2317
2318 if (!SubstParm) {
2319 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2320 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2321 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2322 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2323 }
2324
2325 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2326}
2327
Douglas Gregorc3069d62011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002328/// \brief Retrieve a
2329QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2330 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2331 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2332#ifndef NDEBUG
2333 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2334 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2335 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2336 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2337 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2338 }
2339#endif
2340
2341 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2342 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2343 void *InsertPos = 0;
2344 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2345 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2346 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2347
2348 QualType Canon;
2349 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2350 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2351 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2352 ArgPack);
2353 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2354 }
2355
2356 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2357 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2358 ArgPack);
2359 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2360 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2361 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2362}
2363
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002364/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002365/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002366/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002368 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002369 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002370 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002371 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002372 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002373 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002374 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2375
2376 if (TypeParm)
2377 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002378
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002379 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002380 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002381 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002382
2383 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2384 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2385 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2386 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002387 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002388 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2389 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002390
2391 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2392 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2393
2394 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2395}
2396
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002397TypeSourceInfo *
2398ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2399 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2400 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002401 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002402 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2403 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002404 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002405
2406 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2407 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2408 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2409 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2410 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2411 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2412 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2413 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2414 return DI;
2415}
2416
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002417QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002418ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002419 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002420 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002421 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2422 "No dependent template names here!");
2423
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002424 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2425
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002426 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002427 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2428 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2429 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2430
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002431 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002432 Underlying);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002433}
2434
2435QualType
2436ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002437 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2438 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002439 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002440 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2441 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002442 // Look through qualified template names.
2443 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2444 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002445
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002446 bool isTypeAlias =
2447 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
2448 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
2449
2450 QualType CanonType;
2451 if (!Underlying.isNull())
2452 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
2453 else {
2454 assert(!isTypeAlias &&
2455 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2456 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
2457 NumArgs);
2458 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002459
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002460 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2461 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2462 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002463 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2464 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
2465 (isTypeAlias ? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002466 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002467 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002468 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002469 Args, NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002470 CanonType,
2471 isTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002473 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002474 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002475}
2476
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002477QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002478ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2479 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002480 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002481 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2482 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002483 assert((!Template.getAsTemplateDecl() ||
2484 !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) &&
2485 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2486
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002487 // Look through qualified template names.
2488 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2489 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002490
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002491 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2492 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002493 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002494 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2495 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2496 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2497
2498 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2499 // exists.
2500 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2501 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2502 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2503
2504 void *InsertPos = 0;
2505 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2506 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2507
2508 if (!Spec) {
2509 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2510 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2511 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2512 TypeAlignment);
2513 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2514 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002515 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002516 Types.push_back(Spec);
2517 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2518 }
2519
2520 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2521 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2522 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2523}
2524
2525QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002526ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2527 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002528 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002529 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002530 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002531
2532 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002533 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002534 if (T)
2535 return QualType(T, 0);
2536
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002537 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2538 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2539 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002540 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2541 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002542 (void)CheckT;
2543 }
2544
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002545 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002546 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002547 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002548 return QualType(T, 0);
2549}
2550
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002551QualType
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002552ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002553 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2554 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2555
2556 void *InsertPos = 0;
2557 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2558 if (T)
2559 return QualType(T, 0);
2560
2561 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2562 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2563 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2564 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2565 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2566 (void)CheckT;
2567 }
2568
2569 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2570 Types.push_back(T);
2571 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2572 return QualType(T, 0);
2573}
2574
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002575QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2576 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2577 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002578 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002579 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2580
2581 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2582 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002583 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2584 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2585 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2586
2587 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2588 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002589 }
2590
2591 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002592 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002593
2594 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002595 DependentNameType *T
2596 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002597 if (T)
2598 return QualType(T, 0);
2599
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002600 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002601 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002602 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002603 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002604}
2605
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002606QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002607ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2608 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002609 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002610 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002611 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002612 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002613 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002614 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2615 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2616 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2617 ArgCopy.size(),
2618 ArgCopy.data());
2619}
2620
2621QualType
2622ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2623 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2624 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2625 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2626 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002627 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002628 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2629 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002630
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002631 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002632 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2633 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002634
2635 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002636 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2637 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002638 if (T)
2639 return QualType(T, 0);
2640
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002641 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002642
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002643 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2644 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2645
2646 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002647 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002648 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2649 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2650 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2651 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002652 }
2653
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002654 QualType Canon;
2655 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2656 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2657 Name, NumArgs,
2658 CanonArgs.data());
2659
2660 // Find the insert position again.
2661 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2662 }
2663
2664 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2665 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2666 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002667 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002668 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002669 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002670 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002672}
2673
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002674QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2675 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002676 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002677 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002678
2679 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2680 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2681 void *InsertPos = 0;
2682 PackExpansionType *T
2683 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2684 if (T)
2685 return QualType(T, 0);
2686
2687 QualType Canon;
2688 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002689 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002690
2691 // Find the insert position again.
2692 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2693 }
2694
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002695 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002696 Types.push_back(T);
2697 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2698 return QualType(T, 0);
2699}
2700
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002701/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2702/// alphabetically.
2703static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2704 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002705 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002706}
2707
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002708static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002709 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2710 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2711
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00002712 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
2713 return false;
2714
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002715 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00002716 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) ||
2717 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002718 return false;
2719 return true;
2720}
2721
2722static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002723 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2724 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002725
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002726 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2727 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2728
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00002729 // Canonicalize.
2730 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I)
2731 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl();
2732
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002733 // Remove duplicates.
2734 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2735 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2736}
2737
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002738QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2739 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002740 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002741 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2742 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2743 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2744 return BaseType;
2745
2746 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002747 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002748 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002749 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002750 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2751 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002752
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002753 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2754 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002755 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002756 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2757 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2758 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002759 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002760 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002761 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2762
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002763 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002764 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2765 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002766 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002767 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2768 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002769 }
2770
2771 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002772 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2773 }
2774
2775 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2776 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2777 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2778 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2779 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2780
2781 Types.push_back(T);
2782 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2783 return QualType(T, 0);
2784}
2785
2786/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2787/// the given object type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002788QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002789 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2790 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2791
2792 void *InsertPos = 0;
2793 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2794 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2795 return QualType(QT, 0);
2796
2797 // Find the canonical object type.
2798 QualType Canonical;
2799 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2800 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2801
2802 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002803 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2804 }
2805
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002806 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002807 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2808 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2809 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002810
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002811 Types.push_back(QType);
2812 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002813 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002814}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002815
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002816/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2817/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregor0af55012011-12-16 03:12:41 +00002818QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
2819 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002820 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2821 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002822
Douglas Gregor0af55012011-12-16 03:12:41 +00002823 if (PrevDecl) {
2824 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
2825 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2826 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2827 }
2828
Douglas Gregor8d2dbbf2011-12-16 16:34:57 +00002829 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
2830 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
2831 Decl = Def;
2832
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002833 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2834 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2835 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2836 Types.push_back(T);
2837 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002838}
2839
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002840/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2841/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002842/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002843/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002844/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002845QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002846 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002847 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2848 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2849 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002850
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002851 void *InsertPos = 0;
2852 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2853 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2854 if (Canon) {
2855 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2856 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002857 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002858 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00002859 } else {
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002860 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002861 Canon
2862 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002863 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2864 toe = Canon;
2865 }
2866 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002867 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002868 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002869 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002870 Types.push_back(toe);
2871 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002872}
2873
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002874/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2875/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2876/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002877/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002878/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002879QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002880 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002881 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002882 Types.push_back(tot);
2883 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002884}
2885
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002886/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2887/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002888static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002889 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2890 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002891
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002892 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2893 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2894 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2895 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2896 return VD->getType();
2897 }
2898 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2899 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2900 return FD->getType();
2901 }
2902 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2903 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2904 // return type of that function.
2905 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2906 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002907
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002908 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002909
2910 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002911 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002912 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002913 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002915 return T;
2916}
2917
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002918/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2919/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2920/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002921/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
David Blaikie39e02032011-11-06 22:28:03 +00002922/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002923QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002924 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor561f8122011-07-01 01:22:09 +00002925
2926 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
2927 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
2928 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
2929 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
2930 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002931 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2932 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002933
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002934 void *InsertPos = 0;
2935 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2936 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2937 if (Canon) {
2938 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2939 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002940 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002941 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00002942 } else {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002943 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002944 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002945 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2946 dt = Canon;
2947 }
2948 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002949 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002950 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002951 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002952 Types.push_back(dt);
2953 return QualType(dt, 0);
2954}
2955
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002956/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
2957/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
2958QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
2959 QualType UnderlyingType,
2960 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
2961 const {
2962 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor69d97752011-05-25 17:51:54 +00002963 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
2964 Kind,
2965 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
2966 QualType() : UnderlyingType);
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002967 Types.push_back(Ty);
2968 return QualType(Ty, 0);
2969}
2970
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002971/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002972QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002973 void *InsertPos = 0;
2974 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2975 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2976 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2977 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2978 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2979 return QualType(AT, 0);
2980 }
2981
2982 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2983 Types.push_back(AT);
2984 if (InsertPos)
2985 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2986 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002987}
2988
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002989/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
2990/// the given value type.
2991QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
2992 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2993 // structure.
2994 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2995 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
2996
2997 void *InsertPos = 0;
2998 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2999 return QualType(AT, 0);
3000
3001 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3002 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3003 QualType Canonical;
3004 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3005 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
3006
3007 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3008 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3009 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
3010 }
3011 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
3012 Types.push_back(New);
3013 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3014 return QualType(New, 0);
3015}
3016
Richard Smithad762fc2011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003017/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
3018QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
3019 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
3020 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
3021 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
3022 return AutoDeductTy;
3023}
3024
3025/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
3026QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
3027 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
3028 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
3029 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
3030 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
3031}
3032
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003033/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3034/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003035QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00003036 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00003037 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
3038 // away const? mutable?
3039 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003040}
3041
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003042/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
3043/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
3044/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00003045CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003046 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003047}
3048
Hans Wennborg29e97cb2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003049/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3050CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
3051 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
3052}
3053
3054/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3055CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
3056 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
3057}
3058
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00003059/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
3060/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3061QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
3062 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3063 return WCharTy;
3064}
3065
3066/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
3067/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3068QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
3069 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3070 return UnsignedIntTy;
3071}
3072
Hans Wennborg29e97cb2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003073/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003074/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
3075QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003076 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003077}
3078
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003079//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3080// Type Operators
3081//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3082
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003083CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003084 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
3085 // qualifiers.
3086 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00003087 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003088 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003089 QualType Result;
3090 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3091 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
3092 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
3093 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
3094 } else {
3095 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
3096 }
3097
3098 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
3099}
3100
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003101QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
3102 Qualifiers &quals) {
3103 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
3104
3105 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
3106 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
3107 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
3108 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
3109 const ArrayType *AT =
3110 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
3111
3112 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003113 if (!AT) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003114 quals = splitType.second;
3115 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003116 }
3117
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003118 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
3119 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
3120 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
3121
3122 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
3123 // can just use the results in splitType.
3124 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
3125 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
3126 quals = splitType.second;
3127 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
3128 }
3129
3130 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
3131 // build the type back up.
3132 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003133
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003134 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003135 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003136 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
3137 }
3138
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003139 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003140 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003141 }
3142
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003143 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003144 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003145 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003146 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
3147 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3148 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3149 }
3150
3151 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003152 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003153 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3154 SourceRange());
3155}
3156
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003157/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3158/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3159/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3160/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3161/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3162/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3163/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3164/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3165bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3166 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3167 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3168 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3169 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3170 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3171 return true;
3172 }
3173
3174 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3175 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3176 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3177 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3178 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3179 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3180 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3181 return true;
3182 }
3183
3184 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
3185 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3186 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3187 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3188 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3189 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3190 return true;
3191 }
3192 }
3193
3194 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3195
3196 return false;
3197}
3198
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003199DeclarationNameInfo
3200ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3201 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003202 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3203 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3204 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003205 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003206 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3207 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003208
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003209 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3210 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3211 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3212 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3213 }
3214
3215 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3216 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003217 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003218 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003219 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3220 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003221 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003222 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3223 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3224 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3225 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3226 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3227 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003228 }
3229 }
3230
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003231 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3232 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3233 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3234 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3235 NameLoc);
3236 }
3237
3238 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3239 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3240 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3241 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3242 NameLoc);
3243 }
3244 }
3245
3246 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003247}
3248
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003249TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003250 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3251 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3252 case TemplateName::Template: {
3253 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003254 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003255 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003256 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3257
3258 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003259 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003260 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003261
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003262 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3263 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003264
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003265 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3266 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3267 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3268 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3269 }
3270
3271 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3272 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3273 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3274 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3275 }
3276
3277 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3278 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3279 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3280 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3281 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3282 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3283 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3284 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3285 }
3286 }
3287
3288 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003289}
3290
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003291bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3292 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3293 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3294 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3295}
3296
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003297TemplateArgument
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003298ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003299 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3300 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3301 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003302
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003303 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003304 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003305
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003306 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003307 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003308
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003309 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3310 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003311
3312 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3313 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3314 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregor2be29f42011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003315 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003316
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003317 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003318 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003319 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003320
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003321 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003322 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003323
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003324 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor87dd6972010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003325 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3326 return Arg;
3327
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003328 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3329 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003330 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003331 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003332 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3333 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3334 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003335
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003336 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003337 }
3338 }
3339
3340 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003341 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003342}
3343
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003344NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003345ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003346 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003347 return 0;
3348
3349 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3351 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003352 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003353 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3354 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3355
3356 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3357 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3358 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor14aba762011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003359 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3360 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3361
3362 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3363 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3364 // this namespace and no prefix.
3365 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3366 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3367 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003368
3369 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3370 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3371 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003372
3373 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3374 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3375 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3376 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3377 // types, e.g.,
3378 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3379 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3380 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3381 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3382 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3383 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3384 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3385 }
3386
Douglas Gregor643f8432010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003387 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003388 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3389 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3390 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3391 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003392
3393 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3394 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3395 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3396 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003397 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3398 }
3399
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003400 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3401 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003402 }
3403
3404 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3405 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3406 return NNS;
3407 }
3408
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00003409 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003410}
3411
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003412
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003413const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003414 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003415 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003416 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3417 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3418 return AT;
3419 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003420
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003421 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003422 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003423 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003424
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003425 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003426 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3427 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003428
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003429 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3430 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003431 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003432
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003433 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3434 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003435
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003436 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003437 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3438 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003439 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003440
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003441 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3442 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003443 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003444
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003445 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3446 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3447 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003448 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003449 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3450 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3451 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003452 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003453
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003455 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3456 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003457 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003458 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003459 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003460 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003461 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003462
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003463 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003464 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003465 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003466 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003467 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003468 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003469}
3470
Douglas Gregor79e6bd32011-07-12 04:42:08 +00003471QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) {
3472 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
3473 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
3474 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
3475 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
3476 // the array type derivation.
3477 if (T->isArrayType())
3478 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
3479
3480 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
3481 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
3482 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
3483 // in 6.3.2.1.
3484 if (T->isFunctionType())
3485 return getPointerType(T);
3486
3487 return T;
3488}
3489
3490QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) {
3491 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
3492 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
3493 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
3494}
3495
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003496/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3497/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3498/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3499/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3500///
3501/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003502QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003503 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3504 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3505 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3506 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3507 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3508 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003509
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003510 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003511
3512 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003513 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003514}
3515
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003516QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3517 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003518}
3519
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003520QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3521 Qualifiers qs;
3522 while (true) {
3523 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3524 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3525 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003526
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003527 type = array->getElementType();
3528 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3529 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003530
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003531 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003532}
3533
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003534/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003535uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003536ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3537 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3538 do {
3539 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3540 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3541 } while (CA);
3542 return ElementCount;
3543}
3544
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003545/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3546/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003547static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003548 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003549 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003550
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003551 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3552 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003553 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00003554 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003555 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3556 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3557 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
3558 }
3559}
3560
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003561/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3562/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003563/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3564/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003565QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3566 QualType Domain) const {
3567 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3568 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3569 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikie561d3ab2012-01-17 02:30:50 +00003570 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003571 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3572 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3573 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3574 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003575 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003576
3577 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3578 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikie561d3ab2012-01-17 02:30:50 +00003579 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here");
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003580 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3581 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3582 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003583 }
David Blaikie561d3ab2012-01-17 02:30:50 +00003584 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003585}
3586
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003587/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3588/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3589/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003591int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003592 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3593 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003594
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003595 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003596 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003597 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003598 return 1;
3599 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003600}
3601
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003602/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3603/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3604/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003605unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003606 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003607
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003608 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003609 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003610 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003611 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003612 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3613 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3614 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3615 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003616 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003617 case BuiltinType::Short:
3618 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003619 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003620 case BuiltinType::Int:
3621 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003622 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003623 case BuiltinType::Long:
3624 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003625 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003626 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3627 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003628 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003629 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3630 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3631 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003632 }
3633}
3634
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003635/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3636/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3637///
3638/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3639/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003640QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003641 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3642 return QualType();
3643
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003644 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3645 if (!Field)
3646 return QualType();
3647
3648 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3649
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00003650 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003651 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3652 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3653 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3654 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3655 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3656 return IntTy;
3657
3658 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3659 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3660
3661 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3662 // like the base type.
3663 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3664 // is ridiculous.
3665 return QualType();
3666}
3667
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003668/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3669/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3670/// integer type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003671QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003672 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3673 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003674 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3675 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman68a2dc42011-10-26 07:22:48 +00003676
3677 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3678 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
3679 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
3680 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
3681 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
3682 // unsigned long long int [...]
3683 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
3684 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
3685 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
3686 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
3687 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
3688 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
3689 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
3690 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
3691 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
3692 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
3693 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
3694 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
3695 (FromSize == ToSize &&
3696 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
3697 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
3698 }
3699 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
3700 }
3701 }
3702
3703 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003704 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3705 return IntTy;
3706 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3707 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3708 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3709 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3710}
3711
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003712/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
3713/// type and returns its ownership.
3714Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
3715 while (!T.isNull()) {
3716 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
3717 return T.getObjCLifetime();
3718 if (T->isArrayType())
3719 T = getBaseElementType(T);
3720 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
3721 T = PT->getPointeeType();
3722 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis28445f02011-07-01 23:01:46 +00003723 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003724 else
3725 break;
3726 }
3727
3728 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
3729}
3730
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003731/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003732/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003733/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003734int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003735 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3736 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003737 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003738
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003739 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3740 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003741
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003742 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3743 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003744
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003745 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3746 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3747 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3748 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003749
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003750 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3751 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3752 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3753 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3754 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003755
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003756 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3757 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003759 return -1;
3760 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003761
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003762 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3763 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3764 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003765
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003766 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3767 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003768 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003769 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003770}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003771
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003772static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003773CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
3774 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3775 SourceLocation Loc;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003776 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003777 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003778 else
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003779 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003780}
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003781
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003782// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003783QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003784 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003785 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003786 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003787 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003788 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003789
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003790 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003791
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003792 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003793 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003794 // int flags;
3795 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003796 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003797 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003798 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003799 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3800
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003801 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003802 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003803 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003804 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003805 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003806 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003807 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003808 /*Mutable=*/false,
3809 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003810 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003811 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003812 }
3813
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003814 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003815 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003816
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003817 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003818}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003819
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003820void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003821 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003822 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3823 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3824}
3825
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003826QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003827 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3828 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3829
3830 RecordDecl *T;
3831 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003832 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003833 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003834 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003835
3836 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3837 UnsignedLongTy,
3838 UnsignedLongTy,
3839 };
3840
3841 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3842 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003843 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003844 };
3845
3846 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003847 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003848 SourceLocation(),
3849 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003850 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003851 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003852 /*Mutable=*/false,
3853 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003854 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003855 T->addDecl(Field);
3856 }
3857
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003858 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003859
3860 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3861
3862 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3863}
3864
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003865QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003866 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3867 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3868
3869 RecordDecl *T;
3870 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003871 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003872 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003873 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003874
3875 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3876 UnsignedLongTy,
3877 UnsignedLongTy,
3878 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3879 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3880 };
3881
3882 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3883 "reserved",
3884 "Size",
3885 "CopyFuncPtr",
3886 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3887 };
3888
3889 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003890 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003891 SourceLocation(),
3892 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003893 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003894 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003895 /*Mutable=*/false,
3896 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003897 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003898 T->addDecl(Field);
3899 }
3900
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003901 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003902
3903 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3904
3905 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3906}
3907
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003908bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003909 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003910 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003911 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3912 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3913 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +00003914 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor();
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003915
3916 }
3917 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003918 return false;
3919}
3920
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003921QualType
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003922ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003923 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003924 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003925 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003926 // unsigned int __flags;
3927 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003928 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3929 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003930 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003931 // } *
3932
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003933 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3934
3935 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003936 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3937 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3938 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003939 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003940 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003941 T->startDefinition();
3942 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3943 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3944 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3945 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3946 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3947 Int32Ty,
3948 Int32Ty,
3949 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3950 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3951 Ty
3952 };
3953
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003954 StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003955 "__isa",
3956 "__forwarding",
3957 "__flags",
3958 "__size",
3959 "__copy_helper",
3960 "__destroy_helper",
3961 DeclName,
3962 };
3963
3964 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3965 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3966 continue;
3967 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003968 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003969 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003970 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003971 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3972 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003973 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003974 T->addDecl(Field);
3975 }
3976
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003977 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003978
3979 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003980}
3981
Douglas Gregore97179c2011-09-08 01:46:34 +00003982TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
3983 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
3984 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this,
3985 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
3986 SourceLocation(),
3987 SourceLocation(),
3988 &Idents.get("instancetype"),
3989 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType()));
3990 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
3991}
3992
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003993// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3994// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003995static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003996 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003997 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3998 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003999
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004000 return false;
4001}
4002
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004003/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004004/// purpose.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004005CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004006 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
4007 return CharUnits::Zero();
4008
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004009 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004010
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004011 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00004012 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004013 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004014 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
4015 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004016 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004017 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004018}
4019
4020static inline
4021std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
4022 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004023}
4024
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004025/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004026/// declaration.
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004027std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
4028 std::string S;
4029
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004030 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
4031 QualType BlockTy =
4032 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4033 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00004034 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004035 // Compute size of all parameters.
4036 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4037 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4038 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004039 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
4040 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00004041 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004042 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4043 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004044 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004045 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004046 ParmOffset += sz;
4047 }
4048 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004049 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004050 // Block pointer and offset.
4051 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004052
4053 // Argument types.
4054 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
4055 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
4056 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4057 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4058 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4059 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4060 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4061 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4062 // elements.
4063 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4064 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4065 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4066 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4067 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004068 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004069 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004070 }
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004071
4072 return S;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004073}
4074
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004075bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004076 std::string& S) {
4077 // Encode result type.
4078 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
4079 CharUnits ParmOffset;
4080 // Compute size of all parameters.
4081 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4082 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4083 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
4084 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004085 if (sz.isZero())
4086 return true;
4087
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004088 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004089 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004090 ParmOffset += sz;
4091 }
4092 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4093 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
4094
4095 // Argument types.
4096 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4097 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4098 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4099 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4100 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4101 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4102 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4103 // elements.
4104 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4105 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4106 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4107 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4108 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
4109 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4110 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4111 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004112
4113 return false;
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004114}
4115
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004116/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
4117/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
4118/// block object types.
4119void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
4120 QualType T, std::string& S,
4121 bool Extended) const {
4122 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
4123 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
4124 // Encode parameter type.
4125 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0,
4126 true /*OutermostType*/,
4127 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
4128 false /*StructField*/,
4129 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
4130 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
4131}
4132
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004133/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004134/// declaration.
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004135bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004136 std::string& S,
4137 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004138 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004139 // Encode return type.
4140 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4141 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004142 // Compute size of all parameters.
4143 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4144 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4145 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004146 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004147 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4148 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004149 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004150 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004151 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004152 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004153 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004154 if (sz.isZero())
4155 return true;
4156
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004157 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4158 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004159 ParmOffset += sz;
4160 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004161 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004162 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004163 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004164
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004165 // Argument types.
4166 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004167 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004168 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004169 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004170 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004171 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004172 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4173 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4174 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004175 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004176 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4177 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4178 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004179 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4180 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004181 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004182 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004183 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004184
4185 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004186}
4187
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004188/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004189/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004190/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4191/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004192/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4193/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4194/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4195/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4196/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004197/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4198/// @code
4199/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4200/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4201/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4202/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4203/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4204/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4205/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4206/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
4207/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
4208/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4209/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4210/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4211/// };
4212/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004213void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004214 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004215 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004216 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4217 bool Dynamic = false;
4218 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4219
4220 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4221 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004222 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004223 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4224 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004225 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004226 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004227 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4228 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4229 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4230 Dynamic = true;
4231 } else {
4232 SynthesizePID = PID;
4233 }
4234 }
4235 }
4236 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004237 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004238 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004239 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004240 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004241 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4242 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4243 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4244 Dynamic = true;
4245 } else {
4246 SynthesizePID = PID;
4247 }
4248 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004249 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004250 }
4251 }
4252
4253 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4254 S = "T";
4255
4256 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004257 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4258 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004260 true /* outermost type */,
4261 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004262
4263 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4264 S += ",R";
4265 } else {
4266 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4267 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4268 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004269 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian3a02b442011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004270 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004271 }
4272 }
4273
4274 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4275 // are "dynamic by default".
4276 if (Dynamic)
4277 S += ",D";
4278
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004279 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4280 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004281
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004282 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4283 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004284 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004285 }
4286
4287 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4288 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004289 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004290 }
4291
4292 if (SynthesizePID) {
4293 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4294 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004295 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004296 }
4297
4298 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4299}
4300
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004301/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004302/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4303/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004304/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4305///
4306void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004307 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004308 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004309 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004310 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004312 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004313 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4314 }
4315 }
4316}
4317
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004318void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004319 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004320 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4321 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4322 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4323 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004324 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004325 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004326}
4327
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004328static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4329 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004330 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind");
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004331 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4332 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4333 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4334 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4335 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4336 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4337 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004338 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004339 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4340 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4341 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4342 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4343 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004344 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4345 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004346 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4347 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004348 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004349 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4350 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4351 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4352 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004353 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004354 }
4355}
4356
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004357static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
4358 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
4359
4360 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
4361 if (!Enum->isFixed())
4362 return 'i';
4363
4364 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
4365 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType());
4366}
4367
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004368static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004369 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004370 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004371 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004372 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4373 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4374 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4375 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4376 //
4377 // struct
4378 // {
4379 // int integer;
4380 // int flags:2;
4381 // };
4382 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4383 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4384 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4385 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4386 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
4387 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
4388 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4389 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedman82905742011-07-07 01:54:01 +00004390 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004391 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
4392 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
David Chisnallc7ff82c2010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004393 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004394 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004395 }
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004396 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004397}
4398
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004399// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004400void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4401 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4402 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004403 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004404 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004405 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004406 bool StructField,
4407 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
4408 bool EncodeClassNames) const {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004409 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004410 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004411 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4412 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004413 return;
4414 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004415
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004416 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004417 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004418 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004419 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004420 return;
4421 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004422
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004423 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4424 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004425 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004426 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4427 S += ':';
4428 return;
4429 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004430 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4431 }
4432 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4433 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4434 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004435 bool isReadOnly = false;
4436 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4437 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4438 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004439 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004440 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004441 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4442 isReadOnly = true;
4443 S += 'r';
4444 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004445 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004446 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004447 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4448 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004449 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4450 isReadOnly = true;
4451 S += 'r';
4452 }
4453 }
4454 if (isReadOnly) {
4455 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4456 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4457 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004458 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004459 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004460 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004461
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004462 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4463 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4464 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004465 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004466 S += '*';
4467 return;
4468 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004469 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004470 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4471 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4472 S += '#';
4473 return;
4474 }
4475 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4476 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4477 S += '@';
4478 return;
4479 }
4480 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004481 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004482 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004483 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4484
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004485 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004486 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004487 return;
4488 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004489
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004490 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4491 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4492 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004493 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004494 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4495 S += '^';
4496
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004497 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004498 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4499 } else {
4500 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004501
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004502 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
4503 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
4504 S += '0';
4505 else
4506 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4507 } else {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004508 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004509 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
4510 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004511 S += '0';
4512 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004513
4514 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004515 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4516 S += ']';
4517 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004518 return;
4519 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004520
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004521 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004522 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004523 return;
4524 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004525
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004526 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004527 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004528 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004529 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4530 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4531 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004532 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4533 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4534 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4535 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4536 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004537 TemplateArgs.data(),
4538 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +00004539 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004540
4541 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4542 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004543 } else {
4544 S += '?';
4545 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004546 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004547 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004548 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
4549 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
4550 } else {
4551 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4552 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4553 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
4554 if (FD) {
4555 S += '"';
4556 S += Field->getNameAsString();
4557 S += '"';
4558 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004559
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004560 // Special case bit-fields.
4561 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4562 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
4563 (*Field));
4564 } else {
4565 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4566 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4567 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
4568 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
4569 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4570 /*StructField*/true);
4571 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004572 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004573 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004574 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004575 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004576 return;
4577 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004578
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004579 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004580 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004581 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004582 else
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004583 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004584 return;
4585 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004586
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004587 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004588 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004589 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
4590 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
4591
4592 S += '<';
4593 // Block return type
4594 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S,
4595 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
4596 FD,
4597 false /* OutermostType */,
4598 EncodingProperty,
4599 false /* StructField */,
4600 EncodeBlockParameters,
4601 EncodeClassNames);
4602 // Block self
4603 S += "@?";
4604 // Block parameters
4605 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
4606 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(),
4607 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) {
4608 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S,
4609 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4610 ExpandStructures,
4611 FD,
4612 false /* OutermostType */,
4613 EncodingProperty,
4614 false /* StructField */,
4615 EncodeBlockParameters,
4616 EncodeClassNames);
4617 }
4618 }
4619 S += '>';
4620 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004621 return;
4622 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004623
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004624 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4625 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4626 T = OT->getBaseType();
4627
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004628 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004629 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004630 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004631 S += '{';
4632 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4633 S += II->getName();
4634 S += '=';
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00004635 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004636 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4637 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00004638 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004639 if (Field->isBitField())
4640 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004641 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004642 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004643 }
4644 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004645 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004646 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004647
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004648 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004649 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4650 S += '@';
4651 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004652 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004654 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4655 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4656 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4657 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004658 S += '#';
4659 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004660 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004661
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004662 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004663 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004664 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4665 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004666 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004667 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4668 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004669 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004670 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4671 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004672 S += '<';
4673 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4674 S += '>';
4675 }
4676 S += '"';
4677 }
4678 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004679 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004680
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004681 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4682 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4683 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4684 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004685 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004686 // {...};
4687 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004688 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4689 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004690 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004691 return;
4692 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004693
4694 S += '@';
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004695 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
4696 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004697 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004698 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004699 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4700 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004701 S += '<';
4702 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4703 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004704 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004705 S += '"';
4706 }
4707 return;
4708 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004709
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004710 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4711 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4712 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4713 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004714
4715 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4716 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4717 // insufficient.
4718 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4719 return;
4720 }
4721
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004722 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004723}
4724
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004725void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
4726 std::string &S,
4727 const FieldDecl *FD,
4728 bool includeVBases) const {
4729 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
4730 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
4731 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
4732 return;
4733
4734 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
4735 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
4736 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
4737
4738 if (CXXRec) {
4739 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4740 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
4741 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4742 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
4743 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004744 if (base->isEmpty())
4745 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004746 uint64_t offs = layout.getBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4747 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4748 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4749 }
4750 }
4751 }
4752
4753 unsigned i = 0;
4754 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4755 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4756 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
4757 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
4758 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4759 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
4760 }
4761
4762 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
4763 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4764 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
4765 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4766 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004767 if (base->isEmpty())
4768 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004769 uint64_t offs = layout.getVBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis19aa8602011-09-26 18:14:24 +00004770 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
4771 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
4772 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004773 }
4774 }
4775
4776 CharUnits size;
4777 if (CXXRec) {
4778 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
4779 } else {
4780 size = layout.getSize();
4781 }
4782
4783 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
4784 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4785 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
4786
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscb8061e2011-08-22 16:03:14 +00004787 if ((CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && CurLayObj->first != 0) ||
4788 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() &&
4789 CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004790 assert(CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
4791 "Offset 0 was empty but no VTable ?");
4792 if (FD) {
4793 S += "\"_vptr$";
4794 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
4795 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
4796 S += recname;
4797 S += '"';
4798 }
4799 S += "^^?";
4800 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
4801 }
4802
4803 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
4804 // Mark the end of the structure.
4805 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
4806 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4807 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
4808 }
4809
4810 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
4811 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
4812
4813 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
4814 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
4815 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
4816 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
4817 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
4818 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
4819 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
4820 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
4821 // longer then though.
4822 CurOffs += padding;
4823 }
4824
4825 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
4826 if (dcl == 0)
4827 break; // reached end of structure.
4828
4829 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
4830 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
4831 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
4832 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
4833 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
4834 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004835 assert(!base->isEmpty());
4836 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004837 } else {
4838 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
4839 if (FD) {
4840 S += '"';
4841 S += field->getNameAsString();
4842 S += '"';
4843 }
4844
4845 if (field->isBitField()) {
4846 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004847 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004848 } else {
4849 QualType qt = field->getType();
4850 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4851 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
4852 /*OutermostType*/false,
4853 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4854 /*StructField*/true);
4855 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
4856 }
4857 }
4858 }
4859}
4860
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004861void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004862 std::string& S) const {
4863 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4864 S += 'n';
4865 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4866 S += 'N';
4867 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4868 S += 'o';
4869 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4870 S += 'O';
4871 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4872 S += 'R';
4873 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4874 S += 'V';
4875}
4876
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004877void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004878 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004879
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004880 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4881}
4882
Douglas Gregor4dfd02a2011-08-12 05:46:01 +00004883TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
4884 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
4885 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
4886 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4887 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4888 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4889 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4890 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4891 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
4892 }
4893
4894 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004895}
4896
Douglas Gregor7a27ea52011-08-12 06:17:30 +00004897TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
4898 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
4899 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
4900 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
4901 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4902 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4903 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4904 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
4905 }
4906 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004907}
4908
Douglas Gregor79d67262011-08-12 05:59:41 +00004909TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
4910 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
4911 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
4912 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4913 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4914 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4915 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4916 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4917 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
4918 }
4919
4920 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004921}
4922
Douglas Gregora6ea10e2012-01-17 18:09:05 +00004923ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
4924 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
4925 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
4926 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4927 SourceLocation(),
4928 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
4929 /*PrevDecl=*/0,
4930 SourceLocation(), true);
4931 }
4932
4933 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
4934}
4935
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004936void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004938 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004939
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004940 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004941}
4942
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004943/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4944/// lookup.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004945TemplateName
4946ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4947 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004948 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4949 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4950
4951 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4952 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4953 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4954
4955 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004956 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004957 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4958 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4959 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4960 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4961 *Storage++ = D;
4962 }
4963
4964 return TemplateName(OT);
4965}
4966
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004967/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4968/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004969TemplateName
4970ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4971 bool TemplateKeyword,
4972 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00004973 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
4974
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004975 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004976 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4977 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4978
4979 void *InsertPos = 0;
4980 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4981 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4982 if (!QTN) {
4983 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4984 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4985 }
4986
4987 return TemplateName(QTN);
4988}
4989
4990/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4991/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004992TemplateName
4993ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4994 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004995 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004996 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004997
4998 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4999 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
5000
5001 void *InsertPos = 0;
5002 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
5003 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5004
5005 if (QTN)
5006 return TemplateName(QTN);
5007
5008 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
5009 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
5010 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
5011 } else {
5012 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
5013 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005014 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
5015 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5016 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
5017 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005018 }
5019
5020 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5021 return TemplateName(QTN);
5022}
5023
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005024/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
5025/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
5026TemplateName
5027ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005028 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005029 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
5030 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
5031
5032 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5033 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
5034
5035 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005036 DependentTemplateName *QTN
5037 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005038
5039 if (QTN)
5040 return TemplateName(QTN);
5041
5042 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
5043 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
5044 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
5045 } else {
5046 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
5047 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005048
5049 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
5050 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5051 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
5052 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005053 }
5054
5055 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5056 return TemplateName(QTN);
5057}
5058
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005059TemplateName
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00005060ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
5061 TemplateName replacement) const {
5062 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5063 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
5064
5065 void *insertPos = 0;
5066 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
5067 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
5068
5069 if (!subst) {
5070 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
5071 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
5072 }
5073
5074 return TemplateName(subst);
5075}
5076
5077TemplateName
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005078ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5079 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
5080 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
5081 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5082 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
5083
5084 void *InsertPos = 0;
5085 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
5086 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5087
5088 if (!Subst) {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00005089 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005090 ArgPack.pack_size(),
5091 ArgPack.pack_begin());
5092 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
5093 }
5094
5095 return TemplateName(Subst);
5096}
5097
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005098/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00005099/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
5100/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00005101CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005102 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00005103 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005104 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
5105 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
5106 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
5107 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
5108 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
5109 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
5110 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
5111 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
5112 }
5113
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005114 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005115}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00005116
5117//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5118// Type Predicates.
5119//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5120
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005121/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
5122/// garbage collection attribute.
5123///
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00005124Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
Douglas Gregore289d812011-09-13 17:21:33 +00005125 if (getLangOptions().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00005126 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
5127
5128 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
5129 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
5130
5131 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
5132 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
5133 // as __strong.
5134 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
5135 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
5136 return Qualifiers::Strong;
5137 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
5138 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
5139 } else {
5140 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
5141 // pointer.
5142#ifndef NDEBUG
5143 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
5144 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
5145 CT = AT->getElementType();
5146 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
5147#endif
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005148 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00005149 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005150}
5151
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005152//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5153// Type Compatibility Testing
5154//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00005155
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005156/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005157/// compatible.
5158static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
5159 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00005160 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005161 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005162 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005163}
5164
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005165bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
5166 QualType SecondVec) {
5167 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
5168 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
5169
5170 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
5171 return true;
5172
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005173 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
5174 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005175 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
5176 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005177 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005178 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005179 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
5180 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
5181 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
5182 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005183 return true;
5184
5185 return false;
5186}
5187
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005188//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5189// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
5190//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5191
5192/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
5193/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005194bool
5195ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
5196 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00005197 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005198 return true;
5199 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
5200 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
5201 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
5202 return true;
5203 return false;
5204}
5205
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005206/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
5207/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
5208/// otherwise.
5209bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5210 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
5211 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
5212 return false;
5213}
5214
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005215/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
5216/// Class<p1, ...>.
5217bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
5218 QualType rhs) {
5219 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5220 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5221 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
5222
5223 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5224 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5225 bool match = false;
5226 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5227 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5228 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5229 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5230 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
5231 match = true;
5232 break;
5233 }
5234 }
5235 if (!match)
5236 return false;
5237 }
5238 return true;
5239}
5240
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005241/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
5242/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
5243bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5244 bool compare) {
5245 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005246 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005247 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
5248 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005249 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005250 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
5251 return true;
5252
5253 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005254 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005255
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005256 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005257
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005258 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005259 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005260 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5261 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5262 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5263 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5264 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5265 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5266 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005267 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005268 return false;
5269 }
5270 }
5271 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
5272 return true;
5273 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005274 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005275 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5276 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5277 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5278 bool match = false;
5279
5280 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5281 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5282 // through its super class and categories.
5283 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5284 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5285 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5286 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5287 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5288 match = true;
5289 break;
5290 }
5291 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005292 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005293 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5294 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5295 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5296 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5297 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5298 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5299 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005300 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005301 match = true;
5302 break;
5303 }
5304 }
5305 }
5306 if (!match)
5307 return false;
5308 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005309
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005310 return true;
5311 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005312
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005313 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
5314 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
5315
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005316 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005317 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005318 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005319 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5320 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5321 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5322 bool match = false;
5323
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005324 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005325 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5326 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005327 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
5328 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005329 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5330 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5331 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5332 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5333 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5334 match = true;
5335 break;
5336 }
5337 }
5338 if (!match)
5339 return false;
5340 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005341
5342 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
5343 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
5344 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5345 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
5346 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
5347 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
5348 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
5349 // assume that it is mismatch.
5350 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
5351 return false;
5352 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5353 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5354 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5355 bool match = false;
5356 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
5357 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5358 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5359 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5360 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5361 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5362 match = true;
5363 break;
5364 }
5365 }
5366 if (!match)
5367 return false;
5368 }
5369 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005370 return true;
5371 }
5372 return false;
5373}
5374
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005375/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005376/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
5377/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
5378///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005379bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5380 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005381 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5382 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5383
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00005384 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005385 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
5386 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005387 return true;
5388
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005389 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005390 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5391 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005392 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005393
5394 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
5395 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5396 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
5397
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005398 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
5399 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005400 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005401
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005402 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005403}
5404
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005405/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00005406/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005407/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
5408/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
5409/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
5410bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5411 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005412 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5413 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005414 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005415 return true;
5416
5417 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5418 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
5419 }
5420
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005421 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005422 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5423 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
5424 false);
5425
5426 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5427 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5428 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
5429 if (LHS != RHS) {
5430 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005431 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005432 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005433 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005434 }
5435 else
5436 return true;
5437 }
5438 return false;
5439}
5440
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005441/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
5442/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
5443/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
5444/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
5445static
5446void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
5447 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5448 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005449 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005450
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005451 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5452 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5453 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
5454 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005455
5456 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
5457 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
5458 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
5459 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
5460 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005461 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005462 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
5463 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005464 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5465 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
5466 }
5467
5468 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
5469 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00005470 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
5471 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005472 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
5473 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
5474 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00005475 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005476 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005477 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
5478 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005479 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5480 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5481 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
5482 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
5483 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005484 }
5485}
5486
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005487/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
5488/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
5489/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
5490/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
5491QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005492 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
5493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
5494 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
5495 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
5496 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
5497 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregor60ef3082011-12-15 00:29:59 +00005498 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl)))
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005499 return QualType();
5500
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005501 do {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005502 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005503 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005504 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005505 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
5506
5507 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
5508 if (!Protocols.empty())
5509 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
5510 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
5511 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005512 }
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005513 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005514
5515 return QualType();
5516}
5517
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005518bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
5519 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
5520 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
5521 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
5522
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005523 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
5524 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005525 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005526 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005527
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005528 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
5529 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00005530 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005531 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005532
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005533 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
5534 // more detailed analysis is required.
5535 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
5536 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
5537 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
5538 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005539 bool IsSuperClass =
5540 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
5541 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005542 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
5543 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
5544 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
5545 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
5546 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005547 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005548 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
5549 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
5550 return false;
5551
5552 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5553 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
5554 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5555 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
5556 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
5557
5558 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5559 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5560 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5561 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
5562 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
5563 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
5564 break;
5565 }
5566 }
5567 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
5568 return false;
5569 }
5570 return true;
5571 }
5572 return false;
5573 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005574
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005575 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5576 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005577 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5578 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
5579
5580 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
5581 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005582 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
5583 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005584 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
5585 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005586 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005587 break;
5588 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005589 }
5590 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
5591 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
5592 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005593 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005594 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
5595 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005596}
5597
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005598bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5599 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005600 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5601 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005602
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005603 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005604 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005605
5606 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
5607 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005608}
5609
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00005610bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
5611 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
5612 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5613 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
5614}
5615
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005616/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005617/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005618/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005619/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005620bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
5621 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005622 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5623 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
5624
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005625 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005626}
5627
Fariborz Jahanianc286f382011-07-12 22:05:16 +00005628bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian82378392011-07-12 23:20:13 +00005629 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc286f382011-07-12 22:05:16 +00005630}
5631
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005632bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5633 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
5634}
5635
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005636/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5637/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5638/// QualType()
5639QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5640 bool OfBlockPointer,
5641 bool Unqualified) {
5642 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5643 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5644 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5645 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5646 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005647 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005648 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5649 if (!MT.isNull())
5650 return MT;
5651 }
5652 }
5653 }
5654
5655 return QualType();
5656}
5657
5658/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5659/// argument types
5660QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5661 bool OfBlockPointer,
5662 bool Unqualified) {
5663 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5664 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5665 // type is compatible with a union member
5666 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5667 Unqualified);
5668 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5669 return lmerge;
5670
5671 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5672 Unqualified);
5673 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5674 return rmerge;
5675
5676 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5677}
5678
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005679QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005680 bool OfBlockPointer,
5681 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005682 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5683 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005684 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5685 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005686 bool allLTypes = true;
5687 bool allRTypes = true;
5688
5689 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005690 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005691 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5692 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5693 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5694 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5695 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5696 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005697 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005698 }
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005699 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005700 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5701 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005702 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005703
5704 if (Unqualified)
5705 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5706
5707 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5708 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5709 if (Unqualified) {
5710 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5711 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5712 }
5713
5714 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005715 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005716 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005717 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005718
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005719 // FIXME: double check this
5720 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5721 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5722 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005723 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5724 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005725
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005726 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005727 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005728 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005729
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005730 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmana49218e2011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005731 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
5732 return QualType();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005733 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5734 return QualType();
5735
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005736 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
5737 return QualType();
5738
Fariborz Jahanian53c81672011-10-05 00:05:34 +00005739 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not.
5740 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5741 allLTypes = false;
5742 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5743 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005744 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5745 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005746
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005747 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005748
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005749 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005750 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5751 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005752 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5753 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5754
5755 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5756 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5757 return QualType();
5758
5759 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5760 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5761 return QualType();
5762
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005763 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5764 return QualType();
5765
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00005766 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5767 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
5768 return QualType();
5769
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005770 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005771 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005772 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5773 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5774 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005775 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5776 OfBlockPointer,
5777 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005778 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005779
5780 if (Unqualified)
5781 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5782
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005783 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005784 if (Unqualified) {
5785 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5786 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5787 }
5788
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005789 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5790 allLTypes = false;
5791 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5792 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005793 }
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00005794
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005795 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5796 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005797
5798 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5799 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5800 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005801 }
5802
5803 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5804 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5805
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005806 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005807 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005808 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005809 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5810 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5811 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5812 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5813 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5814 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5815 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5816 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5817 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005818
5819 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5820 // to pass enum values.
5821 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5822 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5823
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005824 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5825 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5826 return QualType();
5827 }
5828
5829 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5830 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005831
5832 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5833 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005834 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005835 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005836 }
5837
5838 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5839 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005840 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005841}
5842
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005843QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005844 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005845 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005846 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5847 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5848 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005849 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5850 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005851 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5852 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005853
5854 if (Unqualified) {
5855 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5856 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5857 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005858
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005859 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5860 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5861
5862 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5863 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5864 return LHS;
5865
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005866 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005867 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5868 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005869 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5870 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5871 // mismatch.
5872 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005873 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
5874 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005875 return QualType();
5876
5877 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5878 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5879 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5880 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5881 // qualified __strong.
5882 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5883 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5884 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5885
5886 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5887 return QualType();
5888
5889 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5890 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5891 }
5892 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5893 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5894 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005895 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005896 }
5897
5898 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005899
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005900 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5901 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005902
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005903 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5904 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5905 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5906 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005907
5908 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005909 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5910 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5911 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5912 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005913
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005914 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5915 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5916 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5917
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005918 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5919 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5920 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005921
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005922 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005923 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005924 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005925 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005926 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5927 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005928 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005929 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5930 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005931 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005932 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005933 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5934 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005935 }
Fariborz Jahaniane7cff2c2012-01-26 00:45:38 +00005936 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
5937 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType &&
5938 LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
5939 return LHS;
5940
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005941 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005942 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005943
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005944 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005945 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005946#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5947#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005948#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005949#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5950#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5951#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005952 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005953
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005954 case Type::LValueReference:
5955 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005956 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005957 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005958
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005959 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005960 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5961 case Type::VariableArray:
5962 case Type::FunctionProto:
5963 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005964 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005965
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005966 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005967 {
5968 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005969 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5970 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005971 if (Unqualified) {
5972 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5973 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5974 }
5975 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5976 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005977 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005978 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005979 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005980 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005981 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005982 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5983 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005984 case Type::BlockPointer:
5985 {
5986 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005987 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5988 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005989 if (Unqualified) {
5990 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5991 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5992 }
5993 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5994 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005995 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5996 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5997 return LHS;
5998 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5999 return RHS;
6000 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
6001 }
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00006002 case Type::Atomic:
6003 {
6004 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
6005 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
6006 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
6007 if (Unqualified) {
6008 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
6009 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
6010 }
6011 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
6012 Unqualified);
6013 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
6014 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6015 return LHS;
6016 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6017 return RHS;
6018 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
6019 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006020 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006021 {
6022 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
6023 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
6024 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
6025 return QualType();
6026
6027 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
6028 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006029 if (Unqualified) {
6030 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
6031 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
6032 }
6033
6034 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006035 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006036 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6037 return LHS;
6038 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6039 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00006040 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
6041 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
6042 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
6043 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006044 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
6045 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006046 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6047 return LHS;
6048 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6049 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006050 if (LVAT) {
6051 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
6052 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
6053 // has to be different.
6054 return LHS;
6055 }
6056 if (RVAT) {
6057 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
6058 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
6059 // has to be different.
6060 return RHS;
6061 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00006062 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
6063 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00006064 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
6065 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006066 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006067 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006068 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006069 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006070 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006071 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006072 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00006073 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006074 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00006075 case Type::Complex:
6076 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
6077 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00006078 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00006079 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00006080 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
6081 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006082 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006083 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006084 case Type::ObjCObject: {
6085 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00006086 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
6087 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006088 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
6089 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
6090 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00006091 return LHS;
6092
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006093 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00006094 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006095 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006096 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6097 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6098 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006099 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6100 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006101 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006102 return QualType();
6103 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006104 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6105 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006106 return LHS;
6107
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00006108 return QualType();
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006109 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006110 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006111
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006112 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006113}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00006114
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006115bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
6116 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
6117 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
6118 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() !=
6119 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs())
6120 return false;
6121 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
6122 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
6123 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
6124 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
6125 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments)
6126 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
6127 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
6128 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] !=
6129 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx])
6130 return false;
6131 }
6132 return true;
6133}
6134
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006135/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
6136/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
6137/// return types.
6138QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6139 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6140 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6141 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6142 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6143 return LHS;
6144 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
6145 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
6146 return QualType();
6147 QualType OldReturnType =
6148 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
6149 QualType NewReturnType =
6150 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
6151 QualType ResReturnType =
6152 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
6153 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
6154 return QualType();
6155 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
6156 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
6157 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
6158 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
6159 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006160 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6161 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006162 QualType ResultType
6163 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006164 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006165 return ResultType;
6166 }
6167 }
6168 return QualType();
6169 }
6170
6171 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
6172 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6173 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6174 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6175 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
6176 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
6177 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
6178 return QualType();
6179
6180 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6181 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6182 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6183 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6184 // qualified __strong.
6185 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6186 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6187 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6188
6189 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6190 return QualType();
6191
6192 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
6193 return LHS;
6194 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
6195 return RHS;
6196 return QualType();
6197 }
6198
6199 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6200 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6201 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6202 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
6203 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
6204 return LHS;
6205 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
6206 return RHS;
6207 }
6208 return QualType();
6209}
6210
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00006211//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006212// Integer Predicates
6213//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00006214
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006215unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00006216 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00006217 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00006218 if (T->isBooleanType())
6219 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00006220 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006221 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
6222}
6223
6224QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00006225 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00006226
6227 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
6228 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
6229 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00006230 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00006231
6232 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
6233 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006234 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00006235
6236 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6237 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006238 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
6239 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
6240 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6241 return UnsignedCharTy;
6242 case BuiltinType::Short:
6243 return UnsignedShortTy;
6244 case BuiltinType::Int:
6245 return UnsignedIntTy;
6246 case BuiltinType::Long:
6247 return UnsignedLongTy;
6248 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6249 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00006250 case BuiltinType::Int128:
6251 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006252 default:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006253 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006254 }
6255}
6256
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00006257ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
6258
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006259
6260//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6261// Builtin Type Computation
6262//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6263
6264/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006265/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
6266/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
6267/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
6268/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006269///
6270/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
6271/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006272static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006273 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006274 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006275 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006276 // Modifiers.
6277 int HowLong = 0;
6278 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006279 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006280
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006281 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006282 bool Done = false;
6283 while (!Done) {
6284 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006285 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006286 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006287 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006288 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006289 case 'S':
6290 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6291 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6292 Signed = true;
6293 break;
6294 case 'U':
6295 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6296 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6297 Unsigned = true;
6298 break;
6299 case 'L':
6300 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
6301 ++HowLong;
6302 break;
6303 }
6304 }
6305
6306 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006307
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006308 // Read the base type.
6309 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006310 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006311 case 'v':
6312 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6313 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
6314 Type = Context.VoidTy;
6315 break;
6316 case 'f':
6317 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6318 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
6319 Type = Context.FloatTy;
6320 break;
6321 case 'd':
6322 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6323 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
6324 if (HowLong)
6325 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
6326 else
6327 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
6328 break;
6329 case 's':
6330 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
6331 if (Unsigned)
6332 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
6333 else
6334 Type = Context.ShortTy;
6335 break;
6336 case 'i':
6337 if (HowLong == 3)
6338 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
6339 else if (HowLong == 2)
6340 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
6341 else if (HowLong == 1)
6342 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
6343 else
6344 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
6345 break;
6346 case 'c':
6347 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
6348 if (Signed)
6349 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
6350 else if (Unsigned)
6351 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6352 else
6353 Type = Context.CharTy;
6354 break;
6355 case 'b': // boolean
6356 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
6357 Type = Context.BoolTy;
6358 break;
6359 case 'z': // size_t.
6360 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
6361 Type = Context.getSizeType();
6362 break;
6363 case 'F':
6364 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
6365 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00006366 case 'G':
6367 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
6368 break;
6369 case 'H':
6370 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
6371 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006372 case 'a':
6373 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6374 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
6375 break;
6376 case 'A':
6377 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
6378 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
6379 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
6380 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
6381 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
6382 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
6383 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
6384 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
6385 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6386 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006387 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006388 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006389 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006390 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006391 break;
6392 case 'V': {
6393 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006394 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6395 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006396 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006397
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006398 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
6399 RequiresICE, false);
6400 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006401
6402 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00006403 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00006404 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006405 break;
6406 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006407 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006408 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
6409 false);
6410 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006411 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
6412 break;
Fariborz Jahaniancc075e42011-08-23 23:33:09 +00006413 }
6414 case 'Y' : {
6415 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
6416 break;
6417 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006418 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00006419 Type = Context.getFILEType();
6420 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006421 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006422 return QualType();
6423 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006424 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006425 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006426 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006427 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006428 else
6429 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
6430
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006431 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006432 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006433 return QualType();
6434 }
6435 break;
Rafael Espindolae2d4f4e2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00006436 case 'K':
6437 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
6438 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
6439
6440 if (Type.isNull()) {
6441 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
6442 return QualType();
6443 }
6444 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006445 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006446
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006447 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
6448 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006449 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00006450 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006451 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
6452 case '*':
6453 case '&': {
6454 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
6455 // qualified with an address space.
6456 char *End;
6457 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6458 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
6459 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
6460 Str = End;
6461 }
6462 if (c == '*')
6463 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
6464 else
6465 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
6466 break;
6467 }
6468 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
6469 case 'C':
6470 Type = Type.withConst();
6471 break;
6472 case 'D':
6473 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
6474 break;
Ted Kremenek18932a02012-01-20 21:40:12 +00006475 case 'R':
6476 Type = Type.withRestrict();
6477 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006478 }
6479 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006480
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006481 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006482 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006483
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006484 return Type;
6485}
6486
6487/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006488QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006489 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006490 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006491 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006492
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006493 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006494
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006495 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006496 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006497 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
6498 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006499 if (Error != GE_None)
6500 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006501
6502 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
6503
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006504 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006505 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006506 if (Error != GE_None)
6507 return QualType();
6508
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006509 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
6510 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
6511 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
6512 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
6513
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006514 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
6515 if (Ty->isArrayType())
6516 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006517
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006518 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
6519 }
6520
6521 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
6522 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
6523
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006524 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
6525 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
6526
6527 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
6528
6529 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
6530 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
6531 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006532
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006533 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006534 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
6535 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006536
6537 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006538}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00006539
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006540GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6541 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6542
6543 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006544 switch (L) {
6545 case NoLinkage:
6546 case InternalLinkage:
6547 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6548 return GVA_Internal;
6549
6550 case ExternalLinkage:
6551 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
6552 case TSK_Undeclared:
6553 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6554 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6555 break;
6556
6557 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6558 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6559
6560 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6561 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6562 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6563 break;
6564 }
6565 }
6566
6567 if (!FD->isInlined())
6568 return External;
6569
6570 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
6571 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
6572 // externally visible.
6573 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
6574 return External;
6575
6576 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
6577 return GVA_C99Inline;
6578 }
6579
6580 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
6581 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
6582 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
6583 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
6584 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
6585 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
6586 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6587 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
6588 return GVA_C99Inline;
6589
6590 return GVA_CXXInline;
6591}
6592
6593GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
6594 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
6595 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
6596 // template.
6597 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
6598 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
6599 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
6600
6601 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
6602 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6603 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
6604 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
6605
6606 switch (L) {
6607 case NoLinkage:
6608 case InternalLinkage:
6609 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6610 return GVA_Internal;
6611
6612 case ExternalLinkage:
6613 switch (TSK) {
6614 case TSK_Undeclared:
6615 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6616 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6617
6618 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6619 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
6620 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
6621
6622 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6623 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6624
6625 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6626 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6627 }
6628 }
6629
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006630 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006631}
6632
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00006633bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006634 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6635 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
6636 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis144b38a2011-09-13 21:35:00 +00006637 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006638 return false;
6639
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006640 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
6641 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
6642 return false;
6643
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006644 // Aliases and used decls are required.
6645 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
6646 return true;
6647
6648 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6649 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Sean Hunt10620eb2011-05-06 20:44:56 +00006650 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewyckydce67a72011-07-18 05:26:13 +00006651 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006652
6653 // Constructors and destructors are required.
6654 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
6655 return true;
6656
6657 // The key function for a class is required.
6658 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6659 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
6660 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
6661 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
6662 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
6663 return true;
6664 }
6665 }
6666
6667 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
6668
6669 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
6670 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
6671 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
6672 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
6673 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
6674 return false;
6675 return true;
6676 }
Douglas Gregor94da1582011-09-10 00:22:34 +00006677
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006678 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
6679 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
6680
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006681 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
6682 return false;
6683
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006684 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
6685
6686 // FIXME: Handle references.
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006687 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006688 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6689 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006690 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
6691 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
6692 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
6693 RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006694 return true;
6695 }
6696 }
6697
6698 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
6699 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
6700 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
6701 return false;
6702 }
6703
6704 return true;
6705}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006706
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006707CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6708 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6709 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6710}
6711
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006712bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006713 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6714 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6715}
6716
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006717MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00006718 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) {
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006719 case CXXABI_ARM:
6720 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6721 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6722 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6723 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6724 }
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006725 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006726}
6727
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006728CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006729
6730size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek0c8cd1a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00006731 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
6732 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
6733 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
6734 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
6735 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
6736 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
6737 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
6738 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
6739 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
6740 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
6741 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
6742 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +00006743 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes)
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +00006744 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006745}
Ted Kremenekd211cb72011-10-06 05:00:56 +00006746
6747void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
6748 ParamIndices[D] = index;
6749}
6750
6751unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
6752 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
6753 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
6754 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
6755 return I->second;
6756}